synrad laser cooling 101 · 2020-03-04 · a novanta company laser cooling 101 whitepaper 2 laser...
TRANSCRIPT
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
1 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
4600 Campus PlaceMukilteo WA 982751800SYNRAD1tel 14253493500fax 14253493667e-mai synradsynradcomweb wwwsynradcom
reg
a Novanta company
SYNRAD Laser Cooling 101
Version 20 Released May 2018
SYNRAD is a registered trademark of copyNovanta Corporation Novanta Corporation 2018 All Rights Reserved No reproduction without written authorization
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
2 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
I Introduction amp ScopeThis white paper pertains to general air and water cooling methodology Model specific cooling details can be found on our website laser specific Operation Manuals andor quick start guides
I Introduction amp Scope
II Background
III Cooling System Design
IV Acronyms
V Definitions
II BackgroundProper cooling is vital to the lifetime and operational stability of SYNRAD CO2 lasers
1 The laser gas mixture gain decreases as the gas heats up resulting in a loss of output power as the overall laser temperature increases Keeping the laser temperature stable provides the best output power stability
2 The gas mixture is driven with Radio Frequency (RF) energy to cause the gas mixture to emit photons and develop the laser beam The RF electronics generate a great deal of heat which must be properly removed to prevent damage to the components
3 Most of our lasers are tuned and optimized for operation at or below 22degC (72degF) and lose about 05 to 10 output power per degree Celsius at operating temperatures above this point
Customers must provide some type of cooling to prevent the laser from overheat-ing Refer to the cooling specifications in the Technical References chapter of your la-serrsquos specific 48 Operation manual
ImportantNote
SYNRAD lasers are designed to effectively conduct this heat out of the laser tube and electronics In our small-er lasers this heat is conducted to cooling fins on the outside of the laser and you can either mount external fans to transfer the heat to the surrounding air or purchase the laser with the fans attached Our larger lasers must be water cooled and we provide the water cooling option on most of our smaller lasers as well Thermal management is important to the functionality of your laser
Whatever cooling option you prefer there are cooling system design constraints that must be considered See your specific laserrsquos Operation Manual and Quick Start Guide for model specific considerations The following sections describe the type of cooling methods available to you
If you already have one of our lasers and wish to confirm the cooling type from the laser model number Please see the Nomenclature 101 guide located on our website
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
3 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Model v30 version shown
Figure 1 Provide plenty of Unrestricted air space to the fan inlets to assure adequate airflow
Fan Cooled LasersFan cooled lasers ship with a factory installed fan shroud To ensure maximum airflow through the fan and laser cooling fins provide at least 225 inches (58mm) or more of unrestricted air space to the fan inlets and the vent outlets at the front andor rear of the laser
When you are designing a cooling process for your system please review your laserrsquos specific requirements in the Operation Manual In addition you must also have a maximum fan offset mounting of lt30rdquo (76 mm) See the following figures for examples
III Cooling System Design
Heat LoadYou can find the expected heat load presented by our lasers in the individual laser manual found on our website in your laserrsquos specific Operation Manual httpswwwsynradcomresourceslibrariesmanuals Heat loads are provided in Watts which can be converted to British Thermal Units (BTU) as
BTU = W x 34
Air Cooled LasersIf you have purchased an air cooled laser and have not opted for a fan shroud version you will need to supply the fans required to properly cool the laser We provide air flow recommendations for our air cooled lasers in the laser specifications documentation available for download on our website that is specific for your laser model httpswwwsynradcomCO2_Laser_Selection_Guide
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
4 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system
Model 48-1
Figure 2 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm)
Assure a maximum fan offset mounting of lt30rdquo (76 mm) is required
If your system design dictates that a single fan must be used for air cooling the laser de-sign a fan shroud that will enclose the fan and direct the air through the heat sink fins for optimal cooling
ImportantNote
1 Provide a minimum of 225 inches (58 mm) or more of unrestricted air space to the fan inlets to allow full airflow through the fan See the above figure for an example
On lasers where cooling specifications can be met with a single fan on each side of the laser position them around the middle assuring they are both blowing to ward the laser cooling fins See the fig- ures below for examples
2 Select fans that are sized as large as the height of the laser (or larger) See the figures above and that follow for examples
For best results design the fan shroud so that it fits tightly to the tips of the heat sink fins to ensure that the air flow is forced between the fins and is not allowed to pass over the tips of the fins
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
5 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Model 48-2
Airflow Direction - Front to Rear
Allow 6 inchesclearance
Figure 3 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm) continued
Figure 4 Example of a properly designed fan shroud
ImportantNote
In some cases low power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not command- ed to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an option Careful test-ing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
6 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 5 Examples of a bad shroud design
Caution If the fan offset is greater than the maximum allowed fans will not cool your system adequately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
7 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
If the fans do not have a minimum 225rdquo (527 mm) clearance and the wall andor any other obstructive sur-face the fans will not cool the laser to specification and risk to your unit is inevitable In this example there is an obstruction
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 6 Examples of a bad shroud design continued
Caution If using only one fan on one side of the laser or mounting less than the minimum required will not cool your system unequally and inade-quately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
2 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
I Introduction amp ScopeThis white paper pertains to general air and water cooling methodology Model specific cooling details can be found on our website laser specific Operation Manuals andor quick start guides
I Introduction amp Scope
II Background
III Cooling System Design
IV Acronyms
V Definitions
II BackgroundProper cooling is vital to the lifetime and operational stability of SYNRAD CO2 lasers
1 The laser gas mixture gain decreases as the gas heats up resulting in a loss of output power as the overall laser temperature increases Keeping the laser temperature stable provides the best output power stability
2 The gas mixture is driven with Radio Frequency (RF) energy to cause the gas mixture to emit photons and develop the laser beam The RF electronics generate a great deal of heat which must be properly removed to prevent damage to the components
3 Most of our lasers are tuned and optimized for operation at or below 22degC (72degF) and lose about 05 to 10 output power per degree Celsius at operating temperatures above this point
Customers must provide some type of cooling to prevent the laser from overheat-ing Refer to the cooling specifications in the Technical References chapter of your la-serrsquos specific 48 Operation manual
ImportantNote
SYNRAD lasers are designed to effectively conduct this heat out of the laser tube and electronics In our small-er lasers this heat is conducted to cooling fins on the outside of the laser and you can either mount external fans to transfer the heat to the surrounding air or purchase the laser with the fans attached Our larger lasers must be water cooled and we provide the water cooling option on most of our smaller lasers as well Thermal management is important to the functionality of your laser
Whatever cooling option you prefer there are cooling system design constraints that must be considered See your specific laserrsquos Operation Manual and Quick Start Guide for model specific considerations The following sections describe the type of cooling methods available to you
If you already have one of our lasers and wish to confirm the cooling type from the laser model number Please see the Nomenclature 101 guide located on our website
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
3 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Model v30 version shown
Figure 1 Provide plenty of Unrestricted air space to the fan inlets to assure adequate airflow
Fan Cooled LasersFan cooled lasers ship with a factory installed fan shroud To ensure maximum airflow through the fan and laser cooling fins provide at least 225 inches (58mm) or more of unrestricted air space to the fan inlets and the vent outlets at the front andor rear of the laser
When you are designing a cooling process for your system please review your laserrsquos specific requirements in the Operation Manual In addition you must also have a maximum fan offset mounting of lt30rdquo (76 mm) See the following figures for examples
III Cooling System Design
Heat LoadYou can find the expected heat load presented by our lasers in the individual laser manual found on our website in your laserrsquos specific Operation Manual httpswwwsynradcomresourceslibrariesmanuals Heat loads are provided in Watts which can be converted to British Thermal Units (BTU) as
BTU = W x 34
Air Cooled LasersIf you have purchased an air cooled laser and have not opted for a fan shroud version you will need to supply the fans required to properly cool the laser We provide air flow recommendations for our air cooled lasers in the laser specifications documentation available for download on our website that is specific for your laser model httpswwwsynradcomCO2_Laser_Selection_Guide
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
4 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system
Model 48-1
Figure 2 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm)
Assure a maximum fan offset mounting of lt30rdquo (76 mm) is required
If your system design dictates that a single fan must be used for air cooling the laser de-sign a fan shroud that will enclose the fan and direct the air through the heat sink fins for optimal cooling
ImportantNote
1 Provide a minimum of 225 inches (58 mm) or more of unrestricted air space to the fan inlets to allow full airflow through the fan See the above figure for an example
On lasers where cooling specifications can be met with a single fan on each side of the laser position them around the middle assuring they are both blowing to ward the laser cooling fins See the fig- ures below for examples
2 Select fans that are sized as large as the height of the laser (or larger) See the figures above and that follow for examples
For best results design the fan shroud so that it fits tightly to the tips of the heat sink fins to ensure that the air flow is forced between the fins and is not allowed to pass over the tips of the fins
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
5 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Model 48-2
Airflow Direction - Front to Rear
Allow 6 inchesclearance
Figure 3 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm) continued
Figure 4 Example of a properly designed fan shroud
ImportantNote
In some cases low power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not command- ed to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an option Careful test-ing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
6 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 5 Examples of a bad shroud design
Caution If the fan offset is greater than the maximum allowed fans will not cool your system adequately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
7 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
If the fans do not have a minimum 225rdquo (527 mm) clearance and the wall andor any other obstructive sur-face the fans will not cool the laser to specification and risk to your unit is inevitable In this example there is an obstruction
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 6 Examples of a bad shroud design continued
Caution If using only one fan on one side of the laser or mounting less than the minimum required will not cool your system unequally and inade-quately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
3 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Model v30 version shown
Figure 1 Provide plenty of Unrestricted air space to the fan inlets to assure adequate airflow
Fan Cooled LasersFan cooled lasers ship with a factory installed fan shroud To ensure maximum airflow through the fan and laser cooling fins provide at least 225 inches (58mm) or more of unrestricted air space to the fan inlets and the vent outlets at the front andor rear of the laser
When you are designing a cooling process for your system please review your laserrsquos specific requirements in the Operation Manual In addition you must also have a maximum fan offset mounting of lt30rdquo (76 mm) See the following figures for examples
III Cooling System Design
Heat LoadYou can find the expected heat load presented by our lasers in the individual laser manual found on our website in your laserrsquos specific Operation Manual httpswwwsynradcomresourceslibrariesmanuals Heat loads are provided in Watts which can be converted to British Thermal Units (BTU) as
BTU = W x 34
Air Cooled LasersIf you have purchased an air cooled laser and have not opted for a fan shroud version you will need to supply the fans required to properly cool the laser We provide air flow recommendations for our air cooled lasers in the laser specifications documentation available for download on our website that is specific for your laser model httpswwwsynradcomCO2_Laser_Selection_Guide
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
4 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system
Model 48-1
Figure 2 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm)
Assure a maximum fan offset mounting of lt30rdquo (76 mm) is required
If your system design dictates that a single fan must be used for air cooling the laser de-sign a fan shroud that will enclose the fan and direct the air through the heat sink fins for optimal cooling
ImportantNote
1 Provide a minimum of 225 inches (58 mm) or more of unrestricted air space to the fan inlets to allow full airflow through the fan See the above figure for an example
On lasers where cooling specifications can be met with a single fan on each side of the laser position them around the middle assuring they are both blowing to ward the laser cooling fins See the fig- ures below for examples
2 Select fans that are sized as large as the height of the laser (or larger) See the figures above and that follow for examples
For best results design the fan shroud so that it fits tightly to the tips of the heat sink fins to ensure that the air flow is forced between the fins and is not allowed to pass over the tips of the fins
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
5 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Model 48-2
Airflow Direction - Front to Rear
Allow 6 inchesclearance
Figure 3 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm) continued
Figure 4 Example of a properly designed fan shroud
ImportantNote
In some cases low power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not command- ed to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an option Careful test-ing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
6 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 5 Examples of a bad shroud design
Caution If the fan offset is greater than the maximum allowed fans will not cool your system adequately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
7 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
If the fans do not have a minimum 225rdquo (527 mm) clearance and the wall andor any other obstructive sur-face the fans will not cool the laser to specification and risk to your unit is inevitable In this example there is an obstruction
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 6 Examples of a bad shroud design continued
Caution If using only one fan on one side of the laser or mounting less than the minimum required will not cool your system unequally and inade-quately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
4 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system
Model 48-1
Figure 2 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm)
Assure a maximum fan offset mounting of lt30rdquo (76 mm) is required
If your system design dictates that a single fan must be used for air cooling the laser de-sign a fan shroud that will enclose the fan and direct the air through the heat sink fins for optimal cooling
ImportantNote
1 Provide a minimum of 225 inches (58 mm) or more of unrestricted air space to the fan inlets to allow full airflow through the fan See the above figure for an example
On lasers where cooling specifications can be met with a single fan on each side of the laser position them around the middle assuring they are both blowing to ward the laser cooling fins See the fig- ures below for examples
2 Select fans that are sized as large as the height of the laser (or larger) See the figures above and that follow for examples
For best results design the fan shroud so that it fits tightly to the tips of the heat sink fins to ensure that the air flow is forced between the fins and is not allowed to pass over the tips of the fins
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
5 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Model 48-2
Airflow Direction - Front to Rear
Allow 6 inchesclearance
Figure 3 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm) continued
Figure 4 Example of a properly designed fan shroud
ImportantNote
In some cases low power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not command- ed to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an option Careful test-ing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
6 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 5 Examples of a bad shroud design
Caution If the fan offset is greater than the maximum allowed fans will not cool your system adequately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
7 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
If the fans do not have a minimum 225rdquo (527 mm) clearance and the wall andor any other obstructive sur-face the fans will not cool the laser to specification and risk to your unit is inevitable In this example there is an obstruction
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 6 Examples of a bad shroud design continued
Caution If using only one fan on one side of the laser or mounting less than the minimum required will not cool your system unequally and inade-quately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
5 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Model 48-2
Airflow Direction - Front to Rear
Allow 6 inchesclearance
Figure 3 Assure the mounted fans have an offset lt30rdquo (76 mm) continued
Figure 4 Example of a properly designed fan shroud
ImportantNote
In some cases low power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not command- ed to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an option Careful test-ing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
6 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 5 Examples of a bad shroud design
Caution If the fan offset is greater than the maximum allowed fans will not cool your system adequately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
7 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
If the fans do not have a minimum 225rdquo (527 mm) clearance and the wall andor any other obstructive sur-face the fans will not cool the laser to specification and risk to your unit is inevitable In this example there is an obstruction
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 6 Examples of a bad shroud design continued
Caution If using only one fan on one side of the laser or mounting less than the minimum required will not cool your system unequally and inade-quately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
6 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 5 Examples of a bad shroud design
Caution If the fan offset is greater than the maximum allowed fans will not cool your system adequately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
7 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
If the fans do not have a minimum 225rdquo (527 mm) clearance and the wall andor any other obstructive sur-face the fans will not cool the laser to specification and risk to your unit is inevitable In this example there is an obstruction
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 6 Examples of a bad shroud design continued
Caution If using only one fan on one side of the laser or mounting less than the minimum required will not cool your system unequally and inade-quately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
7 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
If the fans do not have a minimum 225rdquo (527 mm) clearance and the wall andor any other obstructive sur-face the fans will not cool the laser to specification and risk to your unit is inevitable In this example there is an obstruction
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
Figure 6 Examples of a bad shroud design continued
Caution If using only one fan on one side of the laser or mounting less than the minimum required will not cool your system unequally and inade-quately Your laser may overheat thus voiding your warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
8 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
When designing an air cooled system (Continued)
ti-60 (SA) fan cooled version
shown
Figure 7 Example of a bad fan mounting
Fans are too far away (over 3rdquo)
Caution Lower power lasers (48-1 48-2 v30) running at very low power levels and not commanded to lase often may be used without external fans depending on natural convection cooling to prevent the laser from overheating
If you are designing a system for your own laser processing and know that the laser will never be subject to use that will cause it to overheat this may be an op-tion Careful testing and evaluation is recommended before choosing this option
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
9 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Caution If tap water is used chloride levels should not exceed a concentration of 25 parts per million (PPM) and total hardness should be below 100 PPM Install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect frequently
Possible EquipmentDamage
3 Place the fans on both sides of the laser positioned around the middle of the laser and blowing to ward the laser cooling fins
Water Cooled LasersWater cooling is the most efficient way to remove heat from the laser and can provide a very stable operat-ing environment for the best laser performance Most water cooling systems utilize a closed loop cooling circuit with a chiller controlling the coolant temperature
Selecting a chiller ndash look for a model that- Has enough cooling capacity to absorb the heat load shown in the laser specifications
- Will provide the minimum flow rate shown in the laser specifications
- Will not exceed the maximum pressure shown in the laser specifications
If the chiller laser or coolant lines will be exposed to freezing temperatures consider selecting a chiller that can heat the coolant as well as cool it ndash the 5050 water to ethylene glycol mixture nor- mally specified to prevent coolant freezing has a much lower heat capacity than a 9010 mixture See the sections that follow for examples
Selecting a coolant mix - Use clean distilled water if possible
Know your laserrsquos wettable parts See your laserrsquos quick start guide and manual Series 48 and Evolu- tion lasers use internal stainless steel cooling tubing while Firestar lasers use copper alloy cooling tubing For this reason deionized water is not recommended in the Firestar series
- Use of a recommended algaecide and corrosion inhibitor such as is recommended (see the appendi- cies for recommendations)
Do not add more than 10 additives without also adjusting the flow rate to compensate for the re- duce heat capacity of the coolant in the following section
Coolant Heat CapacityWhile you may be adding additives such as Ethylene Glycol it has a much lower heat capacity than water does If you MUST run less than 90 water in your coolant you will need to increase the coolant flow rate to still provide adequate cooling to the laser See the following section for those calculation examples
If you need to add a coolant for instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
- Ethylene Glycol (EG) has a heat capacity of 025 WmK
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
10 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
This means that water is more than twice the efficient at removing heat then Ethylene Glycol
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
90 water = 09 x 058 WmK = 052 WmK
10 EG = 01 x 025 WmK = 003 WmK
Total heat capacity = 052 WmK + 003 WmK = 055 WmK
Our minimum flow rates are given for this 90 water mixture To determine the required flow rate for a cool-ant mixture with less than 90 water calculate the heat capacity of the individual components and use the ratio of the heat capacity of your coolant mixture to our 90 value to calculate the required flow rate
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 50 water and 50 EG
1 First determine the heat capacity of the mixture
50 water = 05 x 058 WmK = 029 WmK
50 EG = 05 x 025 WmK = 013 WmK
Total heat capacity = 029 WmK + 013 WmK = 042 WmK
2 Find the ratio of the 90 mixture to this new mixture
Heat cap (90 mix) Heat cap (50 mix) = (055 WmK)( 042 WmK) = 132
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 50 mixture = 132 x 4 GPM = 528 GPM
If you are not using any additives in significant amounts eg besides your anti-corrosivesalgaecide you will still need to adjust the coolant flow rate to provide adequate cooling to the laser
For instance
- Water has a heat capacity of 058 WmK
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant above can be utilized to calculate the required flow rate below
You can find the total heat capacity of your coolant by calculating the heat capacity of the individual compo-nents and adding them together
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
For instance to calculate the required flow rate for a coolant that is 100 water
1 First take the heat capacity from above
100 water = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
11 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
2 Find the ratio of the 100 mixture
Heat cap = 10 x 058 WmK =058 WmK
3 Multiply this ratio by the recommended minimum flow rate In this case wersquoll assume a laser with the specified 4 gallonminute (GPM) flow rate
Required flow rate for 100 mixture = 100 x 4 GPM = 400 GPM
Setting coolant temperatureChoosing the correct coolant temperature is important to the proper operation and longevity of your laser When coolant temperature is lower than the dew point (the temperature at which moisture condenses out of the surrounding air) condensation can form inside the laser housing leading to failure of laser electronics as well as damage to optical surfaces
The greatest risk of condensation damage occurs when water-cooled lasers are run in a hot and humid environments These environments will have a high dew-point Conditions that increase risk to the longevity of your unit occur when the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air andor when the system is shut down but coolant continues to flow through the laser for extended periods of time If the chillerrsquos coolant temperature is colder than the dew point temperature of the surrounding air condensation will form on the cooling lines and inside of your laser
As the laser runs heat is generated inside and the laser will heat up slightly This will prevent condensation if the laser heats up above the dew-point When the laser is shut down do not let coolant continue to flow through the laser for extended periods as this will cool the laser below the dew-point
The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must always be set above the dew point temperature In cases where this is not possible within the specified coolant temperature range of 18 degC to 22 degC (64 degF to 72 degF) then the following steps MUST be taken to reduce the risk of condensation damage
- Stop coolant flow when the laser is shut down
Add purge gas
Finding your Dew Point Temperature
To use the following dew point table look down the Air Temp column and locate an air temperature in Fahr- enheit or Celsius (degC values are shown in parentheses) that corresponds to the air temperature in the area where your laser is operating Follow this row across until you reach a column matching the relative humid- ity in your location The value at the intersection of the Air Temp and Relative Humidity columns is the Dew Point temperature in degF (or degC) The chillerrsquos temperature setpoint must be set above the dew point tempera- ture
For example if the air temperature is 85 degF (29 degC) and the relative humidity is 60 then the dew point tem- perature is 70 degF (21 degC) Adjust the chillerrsquos temperature setpoint to 72 degF (22 degC) to prevent condensation from forming inside the laser
Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must be set above the dew point temperatures shown in the chart but should not exceed the environmental specifications located in the Technical References chapter of your laserrsquos Operation Manual on our website
Coolant Heat Capacity (Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
12 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air-condition the room or the enclosure containing the laser
Install a dehumidifier to reduce the humidity of the enclosure containing the laser
Add purge gas
The dew point table provides dew point temperatures for a range of air temperature and relative humidity values Remember that the laserrsquos coolant temperature must always be set above the dew point tempera-tures shown in the chart
Caution If coolant pressure exceeds 414 kPa (60 PSI) the risk of water damage is increased vastly due to increased pressure on fittings that are beyond their tolerances
Operating your laser in condensing environments can lead to failure of laser electronics optics and warranty
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
13 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Air
Te
mp
degFdeg
C 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
60 degF - - - 32 36 39 41 44 46 48 50 52 54 55 57 59
16 degC - - - 0 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
65 degF - - 33 37 40 43 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 60 62 64
18 degC - - 1 3 4 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
70 degF - 33 37 41 45 48 51 53 56 58 60 62 64 65 67 69
21 degC - 1 3 5 7 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 18 19 21
75 degF - 37 42 46 49 52 55 58 60 62 65 67 68 70 72 73
24 degC - 3 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
80 degF 35 41 46 50 54 57 60 62 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 78
27 degC 2 5 8 10 12 14 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26
85 degF 40 45 50 54 58 61 64 67 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 83
29 degC 4 7 10 12 14 16 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 28
90 degF 44 50 54 59 62 66 69 72 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 88
32 degC 7 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 31 31
95 degF 48 54 59 63 67 70 73 76 79 81 84 86 88 90 92 93
35 degC 9 12 15 17 19 21 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34
100 degF 52 58 63 68 71 75 78 81 84 86 88 91 93 95 97 98
38 degC 11 14 17 20 22 24 26 27 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37
Relative Humidity () Dew Point Table
Table 2 Dew point temperatures
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
14 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Water Cooling Guidelines
Guidelines for cutting and installing tubing Cut tubing lengths generously to allow for trimming
Cut tubing squarely diagonal cuts may not seal properly Trim away any burrs if the cut is ldquoraggedrdquo
Avoid excessive stress on fittings by creating a gentle radius when bends in the tubing are close to fittings Bending tubing too sharply will compromise the sealing properties of the fitting
Never allow the tubing to kink since kinking severely restricts coolant flow
Push tubing completely into the fitting then pull the tubing to verify that it is locked into place p250 cooling fittings are designed to accept 12mm polyethylene tubing
If adaption is required we recommend McMaster-Carr (PN 51495K416)
Use distilled water as the coolant If glycol is necessary (temperatures below freez-ing) add no more than 10 by volume Use a corrosion inhibitoralgaecide such as Optishieldcopy When filling your chiller use at least 90 distilled or tap water by volume Biocides may contain chlorides that shall not exceed 25 PPM See the tech-nical reference chapter in the laserrsquos Operation Manual for the dew point table and cooling specifications
Overnighting cooling fittings may crack the cooling manifold assure the max insertion depth is no more than 66mm (026)rdquo into the cooling manifold Maintain coolant pH above 7 Operating the laser with a coolant temperature below the dew point of the surrounding air may cause condensation to occur that will damage the laser The setpoint temperature MUST be maintained above the dew point temperature If tap water is utilized chloride levels must be below 25 Parts Per Million (PPM) Water total hardness must be below 100 PPM If hardness is an issue install a filter on the chillerrsquos return line and inspect regularly
If tubing needs to be disconnected from a fitting
First push and hold the tubing slightly into the fitting Next push the white fitting ring evenly to- wards the fitting and then pull the tubing free
After disconnecting tubing from a fitting trim 127 mm (05 in) from its end before reconnecting Trimming the end of the tubing before reconnecting provides an undisturbed sealing surface
Push tubing completely into the fitting Test the fitting by giving the newly installed tubing a slight tug to verify that it is locked into place Tubing extends into the fitting approximately 22 mm (0875rdquo)
Note Quick disconnect or compression type fittings can be utilized These tubing adapters are avail-able from many tubing and fitting manufacturers Do not use 12 inch size tubing of fittings without appropriate adapters doing so increases risk of coolant leaks
Caution
Daily inspections for signs of water damage due to condensation is highly recommended
Possible EquipmentDamage
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
15 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Do not flow coolant through the laser for an extended period of time when the laser is shutdown This causes condensation to form inside the laser which may result in catastrophic damage to internal optics and elec-tronic circuits
Inlet cooling water temperature must always be maintained above the dew point to prevent condensation and water damage to your laser and void your warranty
Caution Possible equipment damage
Some Marking Heads need cooling too
Laser Tubing Diameter48-12 Series 14rdquo (8 mm) 48-5 Series 38rdquo (10 mm) vviti Series amp f201 14rdquo (15 mm) pcw Series amp i401 047rdquo (12 mm)
Water Cooling Tubing
Some of our lasers may not ship with the tubing you require for your unique cooling needs andor require-ments Please see the table below for the size and type of cooling tubing needed in diameter per model
The stability of the unit will be affected if the water inout is reversed andor if not run in parallel(Parallel- where there are more than two cooling inputs and or outputs)
Water Cooling Guidelines (Continued)
Caution Possible equipment damage
The following examples are setting up cooling for the Flyer 3D Marking Head with the Firestar f201 series laser
Table 3 OD Polyethylene cooling tubing
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
16 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
Rotate the cooling as required
Some Marking Heads need cooling too (Continued)
Preventative Maintenance amp Daily Inspections
Visually inspect all cooling tubing connections for signs of leakage Check for signs of condensation that may indicate the cooling water temperature has been set below the dew point temperature Condensation will damage electrical and optical components inside the laser
Daily InspectionsBefore performing any maintenance andor inspection on your laser be sure to completely disable the laser by disconnecting the DC Power Cables from the DC power supply Visually examine the chiller delivery ports for evidence of leakage Test the cooling fittings by giving them a slight tug to assure proper fitting Inspect the area under and immediately around the laser for evidence of water presence
In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glass- esmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
StorageshippingWhen preparing the laser for storage or shipping remember to drain cooling water from the laser In cold climates any water left in the cooling system may freeze which could damage internal components After draining thoroughly use compressed shop air at no more than 200 kPa (29 PSI)mdashWear safety glassesmdashto remove any residual water When finished cap all connectors to prevent debris from entering the cooling system
When shipping SYNRADreg lasers to another facility we highly recommend that you ship the unit in its original SYNRAD shipping container If you no longer have the original shipping box and inserts contact SYNRAD Customer Service about purchasing replacement packaging
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
17 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus)OPTISHIELDreg Plus DIRECTIONS FOR USE
OPTISHIELDreg Plus is a liquid water additive formulated to provide corrosion protection for a broad range of materials in ldquoclosed circuitrdquo re-circulating systems OPTISHIELDreg Plus is suitable for use in most ldquonewrdquo and ldquoex-isting systemsrdquo when used in accordance with directions However when used with existing systems which may contain excess scale oxidation and sediment it may be advisable to first flush the system with a mild cleaning agent Contact your equipment manufacturer andor OPTI TEMP for recommendations on appro-priate cleanersShelf Life Recommended shelf life (mixed or concentrate)-fluid can be stored for a period 15 months from package date when stored in accordance with Opti Temprsquos storage guidelines Storage Keep container closed at all times when not in use Store in a cool area above 60degF Do not allow fluid to freeze Store where direct sunlight cannot reach the product container Caution Some cleaners andor additives can be harmful to certain system components Check with the equipment manufacturer for compatibility with the system before using OPTISHIELDreg Plus or any other ad-ditives Use of unapproved products may void your equipment warrantyFiltration It is strongly recommended that particle filtration be installed on all re-circulating systems partic-ularly for those systems where corrosion scale and other containments may already exist Use of OPTISH-IELDreg Plus will tend to loosen and free containments over time TO PROTECT PUMPS SEALS AND OTHER COMPONENTS INSTALL FILTERS ON THERETURN SIDE OF THE SYSTEM Please note that filter type and minimum recommended particle sizes may vary by application Contact your equipment manufacturer or OPTI TEMP engineers for more information and recommendations
Caution READ Instructions for use and Material Safety Data Sheet thoroughly before handling OPTISHIELDreg Plus
Directions for New Systems ldquoFirst Time UserdquoNote If system is an existing system with a known corrosion problem the system should first be treated and flushed with a mild cleanser Contact OPTI TEMP for more details
1 Flush cooling circuit with distilled water2 Calculate system capacityvolume in gallons Fill cooling system with a 5 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 19 gallons of water for first ldquocoating cyclerdquo)3 Circulate this solution for about 30 minutes4 Drain fluid DO NOT RINSE5 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)6 Change fluid as directed by OPTI TEMP INC
Directions ldquoAfter First Time Userdquo
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
18 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 20
D002496AB - DIR_OTS_PLUS 1
1 Drain used fluid from system2 Fill cooling system with a 10 solution of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and distilled water (Example 1 gallon of OPTISHIELDreg Plus to 9 gallons of water)3 The system is ready for use
Dispose of according to local state and federal regulations
WHEN DO I CHANGE THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONOPTI TEMP INC recommends changing the OPTISHIELDreg Plus solution annually Failing to change the solu-tion when prescribed can lead to serious corrosion problems Please follow all directionsThe time between successive changes generally depends on three main factors1 The types of dissimilar metals in the system2 The temperatures encountered by the solution3 The number of hours per day the fluid is circulated at the above temperatures OPTI TEMP INC can recommend a schedule for your systemHOW AND WHEN DO I CHECK THE OPTISHIELDreg Plus SOLUTIONDuring the first 4 weeks it is best to check the system weekly if not more often for CLARITY This can be done by taking a small sample of the fluid and holding it up to the light to make sure there are no precip-itates (solids) in the solution If any precipitates (or a cloudy solution) are found the solution should be drained following the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoThe solution should also be tested for pH level The pH should not fall below pH=9 If the pH=9 or less drain the system and follow the ldquoDirections For Use of OPTISHIELDreg PlusrdquoIf after one year (or the prescribed time OPTI TEMP recommended for your special application) your solution is still clear and the pH=9 or above we recommend that the fluid still be changed out The clarity and pH tests are to be used as guidelines for solutions that need to be changed before the specified time period
CONDUCTIVITY REQUIREMENTSIf your system has low electrical conductivity requirements please contact OPTI TEMP INC for recommend-ed concentrations of OPTISHIELDreg Plus and relevant instructions
Appendix B (OPTISHIELDreg Plus Continued)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
19 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
20 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT WATER TREATMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE CRITERIA
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals
This SOP describes the deployment of chemicals of the Nalco in laser-systems laid out on the metals stain-less-steel copper brass and aluminum
After addition of the inhibitor (Nalco 73199) and biocide (Nalco 7330) the conductivity of the system-water is restricts up lt 150microScm
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this specification is the description of the basic minimum preventive water treatment program for the laserrsquos closed loop system
B The water treatment program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are necessary to operate and protect the laserrsquos closed loop systems
2 CHEMICAL PROGRAM
We recommend applying the following chemical kits as described below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 L20 mL size of 73199 and 20 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 L60 mL size of 73199 and 60 mL of 7330
Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 L100 mL size of 73199 and 100 mL of 7330
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern20 mL Volumen von Nalco 73199 und 20 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern60 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 60 mL von Nalco 77352
Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern100 mL Volumen Nalco 73199 und 100 mL von Nalco 77352
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
21 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
All chemicals for the laserrsquos closed water systems have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and non- toxic when used applying normal precautions
B Performance
1) Corrosion Minimized to industry standards2) Deposition None3) Biofouling a No visual depositsb No health risksc Planktonic counts lower than 10sup3 CFU (Colony Forming Units)mld Pathogenic bacteria less than 101 CFUmle Fungi and yeast less than 101 CFUml
Corrosions inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a quick forming protective layer
Concentration mgl 0 1 2 5 75 10 15 20 30 40 50 100 150 250 1000Conductivity microScm 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 9 12 14 26 37 54 256
To maintain conductivity below 150 microScm the Nalco 73199 should be used according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a non-oxidising biocide and approved for application in closed loops The dosage of NALCO 7330 is according to the bottle volume of the specific chemical kit
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
22 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
23 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
4 START-UP
A The system has to be filled with treated water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and below 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 (quality as make-up water)
B Drain the water then refill with make-up water with a conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3 and add the total contents of the chemicals kit into the cooling water system as indicated below
Kit 480-WTK-YM2088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 50-199 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM6088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 200-350 Liter Kit 480-WTK-YM10088 to treat WTK-YM system volumes of 351-600 Liter
for Netherland
Kit WTK-YM-20NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 50-199 Litern Kit WTK-YM-60NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 200-350 Litern Kit WTK-YM-100NL fuumlr ein Systemvolumen von 351-600 Litern
SERVICE PROGRAMS
As a minimum the following services are necessary in closed loops
bull Drain flush refill the system and treat with a chemical kit every 6 monthsbull In case of slime formation in the cooling aggregate chemical cleaning and disinfection if necessary (contact your service engineer)bull Optional chemical and microbial examination of water quality
Shelf life of chemical kits is limited to 24 months Storage temperature should not exceed 25degC
For more information visit our website at wwwnalcocom or contact slundnalcocom
We recommend our water sampling kit in conjunction with an analysis in our lab in Leiden to assess the condition of the cooling water
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
24 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
The water analysis should have the following scope
The results are made available per email in German and English If desired the results can be reviewed and explained Please ask at the current analysis cost
Water sampling kits can be ordered from Nalco Part numbers are
Part-No Description900-010-000 2 x 500 ml Plastic (Waters)900-020-000 6 x 30 ml Microbio
How to use the sample kit
bull Samplingbull Labeling with customer name test codes (shown above) and involved personsbull Sending to the lab as soon as possible (eg TNT DHL] over night The samples must be sent via over night delivery the same day the sample is taken from the system for meaningful resultsbull You will receive the results of the analyses via email approximately one week after the sample is re- ceived by the Nalco lab
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
25 Laser Cooling 101 Ver10
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP) Aumlnderung 2015-01-08
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
SUBJECT Cleaning of closed or semi-open cooling systems
For corrosion prevention maintenance of optimum heat transfer and minimization of system-wide bacteria growth an appropriate chemical treatment of the laserrsquos closed water system is vitally important This sec-tion of the SOP shall be used in conjunction with the application of Nalcoacutes chemicals and is applicable for contaminated systems only
1 GENERAL
A Purpose of this procedure is to achieve an optimum cleaning of the system (removal of hardness upsets corrosion products and biofilm) using controlled chemistry
B The cleaning program includes Chemicals test procedures services and equipment which are neces- sary to clean the laserrsquos closed loop system
2 CHEMICALS PROGRAM
We recommend the application of the following chemicals as described below
Biocide Nalco 7330Cleaner Nalco 62513Inhibitor Nalco 73199
All chemicals for the cleaning have to comply with regulatory requirements In addition they have to comply with the following criteria
A The recommended chemicals have to be safe in handling and during use applying normal precau- tions
B Performance 1) Dissolve corrosion by-products
2) Dissolve hardness scale
3) Remove biofilm
Appendix C (NALCO)
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-
a Novanta company
Laser Cooling 101 Whitepaper
26 Laser Cooling 101 Ver 10
Aumlnderung 2015-01-08STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP)
Water Manual Cooling Water Treatment 2015
Biocide (Nalco 7330)
Nalco 7330 is a nonoxidizing biocide and approved for the application in closed loops Dosage of NALCO 7330 should be 40ml100lApplication time should be at least 12 hours
Acidic cleaner (Nalco 62513)
Nalco 62513 is a liquid citric acid product based on an organic acid which minimizes corrosion potential for aluminum surfaces Application concentration should be about 20 [20l100l] Warm water (gt35degC) is recommended for best results Circulation should not exceed 8 hours 4-6 hours are usually sufficient pH should not exceed 2 during the cleaning An additional dosage of Nalco 62513 is necessary if pH exceeds pH 2 After the cleaning the cleaning liquid has to be removed thoroughly from the system The system should be completely drained flushed with water (conductivity below 20 microScm and less than 5 ppm hardness as CaCO3)
Inhibitor (Nalco 73199)
Nalco 73199 is an organic corrosion inhibitor which provides a rapid forming of a protective layer that pro-tects copper and yellow metal surfaces during the cleaning Nalco 73199 is added in every cleaning step in a concentration of 10 -20ml100l
Appendix C (NALCO)
- Water Cooling tubing
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- IntroductionAbstract
-
- Purpose
-
- Scope
- Cooling amp Setting coolant temperature
- Water Cooling tubing
- Water Cooling tubing (Continued)
- Some Marking Heads need cooling too
- Preventative Maintenance
- Preventative Maintenance
-